|
Tuesday February 17, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club
FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee. Coffee hour will be held on 10/21,11/18,12/16.1/27,2/24,3/24,4/21Sign in at the Front Desk
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Soccer Shots Preschool Program - Soccer Shots Preschool Soccer program
Instructor: Coach FridaCoach Frida has six years of experience in education, having worked as both a dual language and special education teacher before becoming the Regional Manager for Soccer Shots in New York. Her background in the classroom taught her how to connect with children of all learning styles and abilities, creating inclusive and engaging spaces where every child feels supported. These experiences shaped her belief in the power of play and learning, which she now channels into youth development through the Soccer Shots program.Soccer Shots Preschool ProgramDo you have a preschooler who is ready to learn how to play soccer? This program is for you - get active this winter season with our creative themed program. Each week, coaches introduce and build on a new soccer skill through creative, themed activities while reinforcing character traits that align with the session and the sport of soccer, such as courage, patience, and sharing. In this session your child will: build on fundamental soccer skills like dribbling, passing, and shooting, develop teamwork and sportsmanship through group play, and engage in interactive activities that reinforce both skills and character growth.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
Family Pickleball
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Family Open Gym
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Beginners/Intermediate Tuesdays Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday February 18, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Open Gym
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Novice Pickleball Mini Program Wednesday
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
1:45 PM - 2:30 PM
|
Home School Open Gym
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Family Open Gym
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session l
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday February 19, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club
FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee. Coffee hour will be held on 10/21,11/18,12/16.1/27,2/24,3/24,4/21Sign in at the Front Desk
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:45 PM
|
Free Fitness Classes by MVP - Strength and Striders at Malta Community Center
Free Fitness Classes Power & Balance Total Body Circuits Instructor: Staci Penna, Certified Group Fitness InstructorJoin us for this free lunchtime class sponsored by MVP Health Care! Free Fitness ClassInstructor: Staci Penna, Certified Group Fitness Instructor MVP Strength & Striders at Malta Community Center GymJoin us for this free lunchtime class sponsored by MVP Health Care! You will gain strength, coordination and improve your balance as you move through this circuit training class that incorporates weights, balance exercises and low impact cardio as you walk the perimeter of the gym at your own pace. More than just a workout, it’s a chance to connect with others in a friendly, supportive group. This program is designed for all fitness levels with modifications offered. All are welcome to join and membership to MVP Health Care is not required.Striders Walking Club at Shenantaha Creek Park Instructor: Maria Migliori, Certified Group Fitness Step outside and walk your way to wellness! This program is led by a certified instructor and includes a warm-up with strength and balance exercises, followed by a walk at your own pace. Participants will enjoy the many physical and social benefits of walking while spending time outdoors and connecting with like-minded individuals. This is a free program, compliments of MVP Health Care, and is open to all community members regardless of MVP Health Care insurance or membership status.
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session 1
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Dinking for Donations
|
|
|
|
|
Monday February 23, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Monday Session 1
Tiny MoversInstructor: Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. These will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Pickleball Program Beginners Monday Afternoon Session I
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Family Open Gym
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday February 24, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club
FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee. Coffee hour will be held on 10/21,11/18,12/16.1/27,2/24,3/24,4/21Sign in at the Front Desk
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Soccer Shots Preschool Program - Soccer Shots Preschool Soccer program
Instructor: Coach FridaCoach Frida has six years of experience in education, having worked as both a dual language and special education teacher before becoming the Regional Manager for Soccer Shots in New York. Her background in the classroom taught her how to connect with children of all learning styles and abilities, creating inclusive and engaging spaces where every child feels supported. These experiences shaped her belief in the power of play and learning, which she now channels into youth development through the Soccer Shots program.Soccer Shots Preschool ProgramDo you have a preschooler who is ready to learn how to play soccer? This program is for you - get active this winter season with our creative themed program. Each week, coaches introduce and build on a new soccer skill through creative, themed activities while reinforcing character traits that align with the session and the sport of soccer, such as courage, patience, and sharing. In this session your child will: build on fundamental soccer skills like dribbling, passing, and shooting, develop teamwork and sportsmanship through group play, and engage in interactive activities that reinforce both skills and character growth.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 1:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Mastering the Transition
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
1:45 PM - 3:15 PM
|
Pickleball - Improving Your Backhand
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
3:45 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Family Open Gym
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Beginners/Intermediate Tuesdays Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday February 25, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Novice Pickleball Mini Program Wednesday
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
1:45 PM - 2:30 PM
|
Home School Open Gym
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Family Open Gym
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session l
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday February 26, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club
FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee. Coffee hour will be held on 10/21,11/18,12/16.1/27,2/24,3/24,4/21Sign in at the Front Desk
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:45 PM
|
Free Fitness Classes by MVP - Strength and Striders at Malta Community Center
Free Fitness Classes Power & Balance Total Body Circuits Instructor: Staci Penna, Certified Group Fitness InstructorJoin us for this free lunchtime class sponsored by MVP Health Care! Free Fitness ClassInstructor: Staci Penna, Certified Group Fitness Instructor MVP Strength & Striders at Malta Community Center GymJoin us for this free lunchtime class sponsored by MVP Health Care! You will gain strength, coordination and improve your balance as you move through this circuit training class that incorporates weights, balance exercises and low impact cardio as you walk the perimeter of the gym at your own pace. More than just a workout, it’s a chance to connect with others in a friendly, supportive group. This program is designed for all fitness levels with modifications offered. All are welcome to join and membership to MVP Health Care is not required.Striders Walking Club at Shenantaha Creek Park Instructor: Maria Migliori, Certified Group Fitness Step outside and walk your way to wellness! This program is led by a certified instructor and includes a warm-up with strength and balance exercises, followed by a walk at your own pace. Participants will enjoy the many physical and social benefits of walking while spending time outdoors and connecting with like-minded individuals. This is a free program, compliments of MVP Health Care, and is open to all community members regardless of MVP Health Care insurance or membership status.
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session 1
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
3:35 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Family Open Gym
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Saratoga Volleyball Club
|
|
|
|
|
Friday February 27, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Intermediate Practice pickleball 4-week series
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
12-17 open gym with waiver
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball
Join in the fun and get some exercise. Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game. Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required. Limited to the first 25 players
|
|
|
|
|
Monday March 2, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Monday Session 1
Tiny MoversInstructor: Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. These will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Pickleball Program Beginners Monday Afternoon Session I
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday March 3, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club
FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee. Coffee hour will be held on 10/21,11/18,12/16.1/27,2/24,3/24,4/21Sign in at the Front Desk
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Soccer Shots Preschool Program - Soccer Shots Preschool Soccer program
Instructor: Coach FridaCoach Frida has six years of experience in education, having worked as both a dual language and special education teacher before becoming the Regional Manager for Soccer Shots in New York. Her background in the classroom taught her how to connect with children of all learning styles and abilities, creating inclusive and engaging spaces where every child feels supported. These experiences shaped her belief in the power of play and learning, which she now channels into youth development through the Soccer Shots program.Soccer Shots Preschool ProgramDo you have a preschooler who is ready to learn how to play soccer? This program is for you - get active this winter season with our creative themed program. Each week, coaches introduce and build on a new soccer skill through creative, themed activities while reinforcing character traits that align with the session and the sport of soccer, such as courage, patience, and sharing. In this session your child will: build on fundamental soccer skills like dribbling, passing, and shooting, develop teamwork and sportsmanship through group play, and engage in interactive activities that reinforce both skills and character growth.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Novice Pickleball Mini Program Tuesday
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Beginners/Intermediate Tuesdays Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday March 4, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Wednesday Session 1
Tiny MoversInstructor: Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. These will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday March 5, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club
FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee. Coffee hour will be held on 10/21,11/18,12/16.1/27,2/24,3/24,4/21Sign in at the Front Desk
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:45 PM
|
Free Fitness Classes by MVP - Strength and Striders at Malta Community Center
Free Fitness Classes Power & Balance Total Body Circuits Instructor: Staci Penna, Certified Group Fitness InstructorJoin us for this free lunchtime class sponsored by MVP Health Care! Free Fitness ClassInstructor: Staci Penna, Certified Group Fitness Instructor MVP Strength & Striders at Malta Community Center GymJoin us for this free lunchtime class sponsored by MVP Health Care! You will gain strength, coordination and improve your balance as you move through this circuit training class that incorporates weights, balance exercises and low impact cardio as you walk the perimeter of the gym at your own pace. More than just a workout, it’s a chance to connect with others in a friendly, supportive group. This program is designed for all fitness levels with modifications offered. All are welcome to join and membership to MVP Health Care is not required.Striders Walking Club at Shenantaha Creek Park Instructor: Maria Migliori, Certified Group Fitness Step outside and walk your way to wellness! This program is led by a certified instructor and includes a warm-up with strength and balance exercises, followed by a walk at your own pace. Participants will enjoy the many physical and social benefits of walking while spending time outdoors and connecting with like-minded individuals. This is a free program, compliments of MVP Health Care, and is open to all community members regardless of MVP Health Care insurance or membership status.
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session 2
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
March Saratoga Volleyball Club
|
|
|
|
|
Friday March 6, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Pickleball Program Friday Intermediate Session 2
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Intermediate Practice pickleball 4-week series
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball
Join in the fun and get some exercise. Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game. Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required. Limited to the first 25 players
|
|
|
|
|
Monday March 9, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Monday Session 1
Tiny MoversInstructor: Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. These will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Pickleball Program Beginners Monday Afternoon Session I
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday March 10, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club
FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee. Coffee hour will be held on 10/21,11/18,12/16.1/27,2/24,3/24,4/21Sign in at the Front Desk
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Soccer Shots Preschool Program - Soccer Shots Preschool Soccer program
Instructor: Coach FridaCoach Frida has six years of experience in education, having worked as both a dual language and special education teacher before becoming the Regional Manager for Soccer Shots in New York. Her background in the classroom taught her how to connect with children of all learning styles and abilities, creating inclusive and engaging spaces where every child feels supported. These experiences shaped her belief in the power of play and learning, which she now channels into youth development through the Soccer Shots program.Soccer Shots Preschool ProgramDo you have a preschooler who is ready to learn how to play soccer? This program is for you - get active this winter season with our creative themed program. Each week, coaches introduce and build on a new soccer skill through creative, themed activities while reinforcing character traits that align with the session and the sport of soccer, such as courage, patience, and sharing. In this session your child will: build on fundamental soccer skills like dribbling, passing, and shooting, develop teamwork and sportsmanship through group play, and engage in interactive activities that reinforce both skills and character growth.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Novice Pickleball Mini Program Tuesday
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Beginners/Intermediate Tuesdays Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday March 11, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session 2
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday March 12, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club
FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee. Coffee hour will be held on 10/21,11/18,12/16.1/27,2/24,3/24,4/21Sign in at the Front Desk
|
|
|
|
|
11:45 AM - 12:45 PM
|
Free Fitness Classes by MVP - Strength and Striders at Malta Community Center
Free Fitness Classes Power & Balance Total Body Circuits Instructor: Staci Penna, Certified Group Fitness InstructorJoin us for this free lunchtime class sponsored by MVP Health Care! Free Fitness ClassInstructor: Staci Penna, Certified Group Fitness Instructor MVP Strength & Striders at Malta Community Center GymJoin us for this free lunchtime class sponsored by MVP Health Care! You will gain strength, coordination and improve your balance as you move through this circuit training class that incorporates weights, balance exercises and low impact cardio as you walk the perimeter of the gym at your own pace. More than just a workout, it’s a chance to connect with others in a friendly, supportive group. This program is designed for all fitness levels with modifications offered. All are welcome to join and membership to MVP Health Care is not required.Striders Walking Club at Shenantaha Creek Park Instructor: Maria Migliori, Certified Group Fitness Step outside and walk your way to wellness! This program is led by a certified instructor and includes a warm-up with strength and balance exercises, followed by a walk at your own pace. Participants will enjoy the many physical and social benefits of walking while spending time outdoors and connecting with like-minded individuals. This is a free program, compliments of MVP Health Care, and is open to all community members regardless of MVP Health Care insurance or membership status.
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session 2
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
March Saratoga Volleyball Club
|
|
|
|
|
Friday March 13, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Pickleball Program Friday Intermediate Session 2
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Intermediate Practice pickleball 4-week series
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM
|
Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball
Join in the fun and get some exercise. Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game. Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required. Limited to the first 25 players
|
|
|
|
|
Monday March 16, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 6:15 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Monday Session 2
Tiny MoversInstructor: Becky Weyrauch of Rock your FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. These will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Pickleball Program Beginners Monday Afternoon Session I
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday March 17, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Golden Walking Club - Golden Walking Club
FreeJoin us for a friendly and supportive walking group designed especially for seniors who want to stay active and connect with others. If you wish to improve your health, make new friends, or enjoy a pleasant stroll, this group is the perfect place to start.Come for the steps, stay for the smiles.As an added treat, we will host a monthly coffee hour where you can sit down, share stories, and enjoy good conversation over a warm cup of coffee. Coffee hour will be held on 10/21,11/18,12/16.1/27,2/24,3/24,4/21Sign in at the Front Desk
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Soccer Shots Preschool Program - Soccer Shots Preschool Soccer program
Instructor: Coach FridaCoach Frida has six years of experience in education, having worked as both a dual language and special education teacher before becoming the Regional Manager for Soccer Shots in New York. Her background in the classroom taught her how to connect with children of all learning styles and abilities, creating inclusive and engaging spaces where every child feels supported. These experiences shaped her belief in the power of play and learning, which she now channels into youth development through the Soccer Shots program.Soccer Shots Preschool ProgramDo you have a preschooler who is ready to learn how to play soccer? This program is for you - get active this winter season with our creative themed program. Each week, coaches introduce and build on a new soccer skill through creative, themed activities while reinforcing character traits that align with the session and the sport of soccer, such as courage, patience, and sharing. In this session your child will: build on fundamental soccer skills like dribbling, passing, and shooting, develop teamwork and sportsmanship through group play, and engage in interactive activities that reinforce both skills and character growth.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Novice Pickleball Mini Program Tuesday
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes
Instructor: Becky Weyrauch
AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching.
She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to achieve their fitness & nutrition goals. She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW!
Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals. Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Water, Yoga Mat,TowelTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered
If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide. M/W/FTime:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Tuesday Night 5:30-6:15pmSaturday AM 8-8:45am Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
Mon•Wed•Fri
Times Offered:
We offer 3 different times slots.
When you register choose the time slot that works best for your schedule.Times:
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
3 workouts/$50 Dates: •Mon. Jan.5- Fri. Jan. 30th M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •1/6, 1/13, 1/20, 1/27 4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •1/3, 1/10, 1/17, 1/24, 1/31 5 workouts /$85 February Dates: Mon. Feb. 2- Fri. Feb. 27 please note we will be closed on the following dates: Mon. 2/16, Tues.2/17, Wed. 2/18, Fri.2/20, Sat. 2/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 9 workouts/$126 6 workouts/$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 2/3, 2/10, 2/24 please note we will be closed 2/17 Price: 3 workouts /$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 2/7, 2/14, 2/28 please note we will be closed 2/21 Price: 3 workouts/$50 MARCH Dates: Mon. March 2- Fri. April 3 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: 15 workouts /$210 10 workouts/$170 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 3/3, 3/7, 3/10, 3/21, 3/31 Price: 5 workouts /$85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 3/7, 3/14, 3/28 Price: 3 workouts /$50APRIL2026Dates:Mon. April 13-Fri. May 1Please note we will be closed on the following dates :Sat. 4/4, Mom. 4/6, Tues. 4/7, Wed.4/8, Fri.4/10, Days:M/W/F
5:30-6:15A.M.
6:30-7:30A.M.
9:00-10:00A.M.
Price:9 workouts /$1266 workouts /$100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M.Dates:4/14, 4/21, 4/28Price:3 workouts/$50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M.Dates:4/11, 4/18, 4/25Price:3 workouts /$50 May 4-30 No class on the following dates: Fri.5/22, Sat. 5/23, Mon. 5/25 11 workouts /$154 8 workouts/$136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates:5/5, 5/12, 5/19, 5/26 Price:4 workouts /$68 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates:5/2, 5/9, 5/16, 5/30 Price: 4 workouts /$68 June 1-30 No class on the following dates: •Fri.6/19 •Sat. 6/20 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •9:00-10:00A.M. Price: •12 workouts $168 •8 workouts $136 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 6/2, 6/9, 6/16, 6/23, 6/30 Price: 5 workouts $85 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •6/6, 6/13, 6/27 Price: 3 workouts $50 JULY 2026 Mon. July 13-Fri. July 31 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: •7/14, 7/21, 7/28 Price: 3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: •7/18, 7/25 Price: •2 workouts $34 August Mon. 8/3-Fri. 8/21 Days: M/W/F •5:30-6:15A.M. •6:30-7:30A.M. •*9:30-10:30A.M. *this workout is 100% outside and is canceled if it rains Price: •9 workouts $126 •6 workouts $ 100 Tuesday Evenings 5:30-6:15P.M. Dates: 8/4, 8/11, 8/18, Price:3 workouts $50 Saturday Mornings 8:00-8:45A.M. Dates: 8/1, 8/8, 8/15, 8/22 Price:4 workouts $68
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Beginners/Intermediate Tuesdays Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Pickleball - Night Drop-In Pickleball
Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community CenterPickleball programs are a great way to get active, meet new friends and enjoy a quick, fast-paced competitive game. It is great for all ages and experience levels. See level description Pickleball programs will have 28 players on three courts. Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Instructor: Not sure what your skill level is? See the descriptions below. Must Pre register for entire program Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play. Games are played to 11-9 pointsDrop Ins Programs will have 24 PlayersBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Monday Day 11:30AM-1:30PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play.Exact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.Beginners/Intermediate Tuesday Night Drop-In PickleballPickleball players which play at the beginners/intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play. The program will be limited to 28 players with 3 courts available. No instructor Registration taken at the front desk on the day of play.Tuesdays 6:30-8:30pmExact Change in Cash is Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing—minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years. He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International. He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies. Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Mary Knepper (Mary Pat) started playing Pickleball in 2019. She realized an immediate love and passion for the sport, and soon after obtained an IPTPA (International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association) Level 1 Pickleball Instructor certification. Her enthusiasm for the sport, along with recognizing students' wants, needs, and abilities is key to helping students advance their Pickleball game. Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described.Beginners Skills and Drills:Did you know that the very best way to improve your Pickleball game is repetition? This class is for the Beginners who have some experience playing. Students should be familiar with good fundamental strokes and full knowledge of the rules of game play who are looking to practice their skills to improve their game through a series of 3 skills and drills sessions. In each lesson, we will focus on specific skills, explore techniques and strategy while building muscle memory through drills and repetition. We will work on skills including serving, serve return, the third shot, dinking, and court strategy. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill; shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101The Third Shot Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experienceDinking You served, they returned service, and your third shot brought you and your partner up to the NVZ. You’ve neutralized play and the dink rally begins. This class will teach you dinking footwork, dinking control, strokes and strategies. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101, 102, or already play and fully understand the game The First 4 Shots When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience. DINKING & THE THIRD SHOT DROP Skills and PlayThis class is for experienced players with good fundamentals and full knowledge of the game. The focus will be on improving the third shot drop and dinking skills. Participants will review the techniques of this skill, repeat and practice the skill to improve muscle memory and incorporate the skill into game play. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102, already play and fully understand the game, and be able to keep up a steady rally.Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.KEEP THEM BACK! Improve your forehand, backhand, punch volley and blocking shot at the net. This class is for experienced players with full knowledge of the rules of game play. The focus will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back. Prerequisite: Pickleball 101 and 102 or already play and fully understand the game
Pickleball Strategy & Court Coverage
This clinic is for experienced players looking to take a new step. We will concentrate on the mental part of the game. Mental toughness and patience are essential skills on the pickleball court. Players will learn how to move with their partner to cover the court, improve anticipation, eliminate, create and use angles, construct points, identify and exploit opponent weaknesses, how to stay mentally tough and reset after each point.DRILLS, SKILLS AND PLAY Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready? Do you know the basics of pickleball? Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 3 or 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements.Advanced Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next. Summer Outdoor Clinics.Clinics will be held outside at the Malta Community Park located at 285 Plains Road. Each clinic will have a scheduled regular date and a rain date. On the day of the clinic, a decision will be made by 3:30 pm whether the clinic will be called for rain. At that time the clinic will take place on the scheduled rain date. You must be able to attend both. If the second day is rained out your account will be credited for the cost of the program. Please make sure you have your account set for email notifications. Learn to Play Pickleball 4-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 4-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience)Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team. Week four put what you have learned into action through structured play with other class participants and the instructor.18+ Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Session I Learn to Play July 7 or rain date July 9 July 14 or rain date July 16 July 21 or rain date July 23 July 28 or rain date July 30R$99 NR$109 Tuesdays 6:00-7:30pm rain dates Thursday of the same week Intermediate Practice Sessions (4-week session)Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? These classes will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game. During these practice sessions emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention using drills and drill games. Skills include serve, return of serve, third shot options, transitioning to the NVZ and dinking. This clinic is geared towards intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session I Intermediate Practice June 9 or rain date June 11 June 16 or rain date June 18 June 23 or rain date June 25 June 30 or rain date July 2 R$99 NR$109 Session II Intermediate Practice August 4 or rain date August 6 August 11 or rain date August 13 August 18 or rain date August 20 August 25 or rain date August 27 R$99 NR$109
Private Lessons Available
1 person $70 hour2 people $70 hour3 people $99 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson. To book a lesson you must have an account. (Please set up an account before making a schedule request)
|
|
|
|